Upload
vipul-wankar
View
286
Download
3
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089 983166
INDEXPage
NO
Topics Covered
2 Basic Programming
3System Timers System Numbering Service code change Virtual
Extension DSS console Slt flash timing
4 External Music on hold Caller ID
5 Numbering (Extension service codes trunk access Operator access)
6 Department groups (Hunt group)
7 Toll restriction class preparation Assigning Toll restriction class to extension
8Outgoing Disable amp Enable Line groups for outgoing lines
9 Ringing type of trunk lines
10 Normal ringing or simultaneous ringing Prog to form DepartmentGroup( Hunt group)
11Ringing on Hunt group with example ( Using Direct Inward Ringing )
12Class of Service (Feature Enable and Disable) Procedure to change featureservice codes
13Abbreviated dialing registration
14 Abbreviated dialing
15 Barge in
16 Conference
17 Call forward
18 External call forward Remote conference19 Dial block
20Manual and Automatic Night mode( Enable and Disable) Key prog for Ktsinstrument
21 Automatic route selection with several no of Trunk Groups
22 Example of Automatic route selection
23 Account code
24 Programming for PRI line(Landing type MSN landing
25 Example of PRI programming
26 BRI line
27 Programming for Voice Response system
28 Service codes for VRS and Voicemail access( DSPDB card voicemail)
29 Changing of Voicemail service codes to single digit codes
30 Example for Multilevel VRS
31 SMDR programming
32 Conversation recording Parallel ringing
33 Hotel features Check in Check out Wake up call34 Hotel features Do not disturb Single digit access Room to Room restriction35 Hotel features Room Status output
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090 983166
These programs are necessary for installing NEC Topaz
TYPE REMARKS TOPAZ
System Time amp
Date setup
Year (00 to 99)
Month (01 to 12)
Date (01 to 31)
Day (1 to 7) Sun to Sat
Hour (00 to 23)
Minute (00 to 59)
Second (00 to 59)
10-01-01
10-01-02
10-01-03
10-01-04
10-01-05
10-01-06
10-01-07
Basic Port SetUp to see type
of device
connected to a
particular
physical port
1)For 308M308E008ETerminal Type
0-No setting
1-Multiline phone
2-Single line telephone
10-Dss console
13-Trunk
2) For 2PGDU card
Physical port 120-No setting
8-Door PhonePhysical port 340-No setting
6-External speaker
9-External MOH or BGM
10-03-01 Slot no 1 to 18
10-03-01
System Basic
Options
Intrusion tone
Signal Voice CallTransfer to busy extRetrieve the line after Transfer
DTMF slt and Tone lines
Alarm for long duration
Detail state of party
20-13-17=0
20-02-12=124-02-01=120-02-04=0
20-03-03=1
20-13-01=0
20-13-22=1System Timers Busy tone Timer
Dial Pause at first digit
DTMF active timer
Extension Dial tone sending
Interval of repeat Dial
Repeat Dial enable Call
DIL no answer-
No answer timer for call forward
Programs which are necessary program if DIL with No Answer is
20-18-02=521-01-06=1
20-01-05=7
20-18-01=7
21-08-02=15
21-08-03=10
22-01-04=10
24-02-03=10
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091 983166
required
Assign General
Class of Service
Feature class for Extension 20-06- for 8
different modes
SystemNumbering
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3 (Trunk access)Dial 2 Digit 3 Type 2 (Extension
access
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1 ( Service code )
Dial 5 Digit 1 Type 1Dial 6 Digit 1 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5 (Operator Ext)
Dial Digit 2 Type 1
11-01-01Dial 0 Digit 1
Type 3 for Line
seizing
11-09-01=0 to change trunk access
code 0 or 9
20-17-01 to define
operator extension
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)
Item 13 Last Number Redial - 42 (816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)
Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)
Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)
Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)
Item 34 Hook Flash ( SLT) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)
Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)
Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 4211-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 40
11-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 4111-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44Extension
Number
Extension Name
For Assigning Extension Numbers to
ports
To program Name for extension
11-02-01 Number
15-01-01 Name
Vitual
Extension
To assign virtual extension number
To assign ringing on virtual extension
To assign delayed ringing on virtual ext
To program virtual ext key
11-04-01
15-09-01
15-11-01
15-07-01 code
03+ ext no
DSS Console
port
The DSS console can be connected to
8th port of any 308 or 008 card
10-03-01=10 for port
connected to DSS
console
DSS ConnectStation
Assign Extension connected to DSSconsole
30-02-01
DSS ConsoleKey Assign
Assign keys on DSS console fordifferent functions
30-03-01
Slot Deletion Menu 1 90-05-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166
SLT Flashtimers- Define
the upper amp
lower limit to
match the slt
flash time
To adjust flash timing to 300 ms
o solve ghost ring problem
82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)
82-04-08 = 130
(650 ms)
15-03-15=1
81-01-14=35 used
in case centrex line
is connected toanalog line
Echo sound in
KTS
instruments
In some places KTS instruments gives
echo and disturbance in crowded place
can be resolved
99-01-61=1
To resolve
problem ofharsh noise in
Trunk lines
Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2
External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH
14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1
Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line
33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4
PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port
External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port
22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)
Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF
It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID
15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID
single line instrument
While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is
used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT
To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166
Numbering
For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk
access code operator access code and F-route access
In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType
Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access
code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access
ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35
Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9
Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3
Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers
11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers
11-04-01port no Virtual extension number
To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9
11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166
Department Group (Hunt Groups)
In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are
required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and
when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of
pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-
05 and 22-11-06
First form department group using commands-
Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension
Hunting mode 16-01-04
0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no
answer between department members
Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01
In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166
Toll restriction class
To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows
TollRestriction
Class
Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL
Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL
Class 4 NO DIALING
Class 5 Only Maharashtra
Class 6 Only Abbreviated
dialing
21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0
Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0
Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0
Class5 Item 08=2
Item 07=1
Rest all 0
Class 6 Item 08=3
Toll
Restriction
Tables
This tables are having entries of
numbers
21-06-
Item 07 ndash Restriction Table
Table 1 Entry 1 - 00
Table 2 Entry 1 - 0
Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing
Programming key 1 )
Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits
dial)
Item06 Entry 1=020
Entry 2=021
Entry 3=022Entry 4=023
Entry 5=024
Entry 6=025
Entry 7=07
To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01
Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD
Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD
Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090 983166
These programs are necessary for installing NEC Topaz
TYPE REMARKS TOPAZ
System Time amp
Date setup
Year (00 to 99)
Month (01 to 12)
Date (01 to 31)
Day (1 to 7) Sun to Sat
Hour (00 to 23)
Minute (00 to 59)
Second (00 to 59)
10-01-01
10-01-02
10-01-03
10-01-04
10-01-05
10-01-06
10-01-07
Basic Port SetUp to see type
of device
connected to a
particular
physical port
1)For 308M308E008ETerminal Type
0-No setting
1-Multiline phone
2-Single line telephone
10-Dss console
13-Trunk
2) For 2PGDU card
Physical port 120-No setting
8-Door PhonePhysical port 340-No setting
6-External speaker
9-External MOH or BGM
10-03-01 Slot no 1 to 18
10-03-01
System Basic
Options
Intrusion tone
Signal Voice CallTransfer to busy extRetrieve the line after Transfer
DTMF slt and Tone lines
Alarm for long duration
Detail state of party
20-13-17=0
20-02-12=124-02-01=120-02-04=0
20-03-03=1
20-13-01=0
20-13-22=1System Timers Busy tone Timer
Dial Pause at first digit
DTMF active timer
Extension Dial tone sending
Interval of repeat Dial
Repeat Dial enable Call
DIL no answer-
No answer timer for call forward
Programs which are necessary program if DIL with No Answer is
20-18-02=521-01-06=1
20-01-05=7
20-18-01=7
21-08-02=15
21-08-03=10
22-01-04=10
24-02-03=10
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091 983166
required
Assign General
Class of Service
Feature class for Extension 20-06- for 8
different modes
SystemNumbering
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3 (Trunk access)Dial 2 Digit 3 Type 2 (Extension
access
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1 ( Service code )
Dial 5 Digit 1 Type 1Dial 6 Digit 1 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5 (Operator Ext)
Dial Digit 2 Type 1
11-01-01Dial 0 Digit 1
Type 3 for Line
seizing
11-09-01=0 to change trunk access
code 0 or 9
20-17-01 to define
operator extension
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)
Item 13 Last Number Redial - 42 (816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)
Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)
Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)
Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)
Item 34 Hook Flash ( SLT) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)
Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)
Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 4211-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 40
11-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 4111-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44Extension
Number
Extension Name
For Assigning Extension Numbers to
ports
To program Name for extension
11-02-01 Number
15-01-01 Name
Vitual
Extension
To assign virtual extension number
To assign ringing on virtual extension
To assign delayed ringing on virtual ext
To program virtual ext key
11-04-01
15-09-01
15-11-01
15-07-01 code
03+ ext no
DSS Console
port
The DSS console can be connected to
8th port of any 308 or 008 card
10-03-01=10 for port
connected to DSS
console
DSS ConnectStation
Assign Extension connected to DSSconsole
30-02-01
DSS ConsoleKey Assign
Assign keys on DSS console fordifferent functions
30-03-01
Slot Deletion Menu 1 90-05-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166
SLT Flashtimers- Define
the upper amp
lower limit to
match the slt
flash time
To adjust flash timing to 300 ms
o solve ghost ring problem
82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)
82-04-08 = 130
(650 ms)
15-03-15=1
81-01-14=35 used
in case centrex line
is connected toanalog line
Echo sound in
KTS
instruments
In some places KTS instruments gives
echo and disturbance in crowded place
can be resolved
99-01-61=1
To resolve
problem ofharsh noise in
Trunk lines
Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2
External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH
14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1
Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line
33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4
PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port
External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port
22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)
Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF
It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID
15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID
single line instrument
While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is
used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT
To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166
Numbering
For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk
access code operator access code and F-route access
In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType
Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access
code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access
ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35
Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9
Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3
Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers
11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers
11-04-01port no Virtual extension number
To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9
11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166
Department Group (Hunt Groups)
In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are
required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and
when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of
pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-
05 and 22-11-06
First form department group using commands-
Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension
Hunting mode 16-01-04
0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no
answer between department members
Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01
In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166
Toll restriction class
To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows
TollRestriction
Class
Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL
Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL
Class 4 NO DIALING
Class 5 Only Maharashtra
Class 6 Only Abbreviated
dialing
21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0
Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0
Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0
Class5 Item 08=2
Item 07=1
Rest all 0
Class 6 Item 08=3
Toll
Restriction
Tables
This tables are having entries of
numbers
21-06-
Item 07 ndash Restriction Table
Table 1 Entry 1 - 00
Table 2 Entry 1 - 0
Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing
Programming key 1 )
Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits
dial)
Item06 Entry 1=020
Entry 2=021
Entry 3=022Entry 4=023
Entry 5=024
Entry 6=025
Entry 7=07
To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01
Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD
Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD
Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091 983166
required
Assign General
Class of Service
Feature class for Extension 20-06- for 8
different modes
SystemNumbering
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3 (Trunk access)Dial 2 Digit 3 Type 2 (Extension
access
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1 ( Service code )
Dial 5 Digit 1 Type 1Dial 6 Digit 1 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5 (Operator Ext)
Dial Digit 2 Type 1
11-01-01Dial 0 Digit 1
Type 3 for Line
seizing
11-09-01=0 to change trunk access
code 0 or 9
20-17-01 to define
operator extension
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)
Item 13 Last Number Redial - 42 (816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)
Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)
Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)
Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)
Item 34 Hook Flash ( SLT) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)
Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)
Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 4211-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 40
11-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 4111-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44Extension
Number
Extension Name
For Assigning Extension Numbers to
ports
To program Name for extension
11-02-01 Number
15-01-01 Name
Vitual
Extension
To assign virtual extension number
To assign ringing on virtual extension
To assign delayed ringing on virtual ext
To program virtual ext key
11-04-01
15-09-01
15-11-01
15-07-01 code
03+ ext no
DSS Console
port
The DSS console can be connected to
8th port of any 308 or 008 card
10-03-01=10 for port
connected to DSS
console
DSS ConnectStation
Assign Extension connected to DSSconsole
30-02-01
DSS ConsoleKey Assign
Assign keys on DSS console fordifferent functions
30-03-01
Slot Deletion Menu 1 90-05-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166
SLT Flashtimers- Define
the upper amp
lower limit to
match the slt
flash time
To adjust flash timing to 300 ms
o solve ghost ring problem
82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)
82-04-08 = 130
(650 ms)
15-03-15=1
81-01-14=35 used
in case centrex line
is connected toanalog line
Echo sound in
KTS
instruments
In some places KTS instruments gives
echo and disturbance in crowded place
can be resolved
99-01-61=1
To resolve
problem ofharsh noise in
Trunk lines
Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2
External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH
14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1
Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line
33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4
PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port
External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port
22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)
Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF
It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID
15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID
single line instrument
While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is
used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT
To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166
Numbering
For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk
access code operator access code and F-route access
In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType
Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access
code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access
ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35
Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9
Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3
Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers
11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers
11-04-01port no Virtual extension number
To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9
11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166
Department Group (Hunt Groups)
In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are
required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and
when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of
pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-
05 and 22-11-06
First form department group using commands-
Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension
Hunting mode 16-01-04
0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no
answer between department members
Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01
In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166
Toll restriction class
To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows
TollRestriction
Class
Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL
Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL
Class 4 NO DIALING
Class 5 Only Maharashtra
Class 6 Only Abbreviated
dialing
21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0
Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0
Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0
Class5 Item 08=2
Item 07=1
Rest all 0
Class 6 Item 08=3
Toll
Restriction
Tables
This tables are having entries of
numbers
21-06-
Item 07 ndash Restriction Table
Table 1 Entry 1 - 00
Table 2 Entry 1 - 0
Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing
Programming key 1 )
Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits
dial)
Item06 Entry 1=020
Entry 2=021
Entry 3=022Entry 4=023
Entry 5=024
Entry 6=025
Entry 7=07
To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01
Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD
Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD
Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166
SLT Flashtimers- Define
the upper amp
lower limit to
match the slt
flash time
To adjust flash timing to 300 ms
o solve ghost ring problem
82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)
82-04-08 = 130
(650 ms)
15-03-15=1
81-01-14=35 used
in case centrex line
is connected toanalog line
Echo sound in
KTS
instruments
In some places KTS instruments gives
echo and disturbance in crowded place
can be resolved
99-01-61=1
To resolve
problem ofharsh noise in
Trunk lines
Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2
External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH
14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1
Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line
33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4
PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port
External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port
22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)
Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF
It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID
15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID
single line instrument
While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is
used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT
To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166
Numbering
For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk
access code operator access code and F-route access
In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType
Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access
code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access
ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35
Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9
Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3
Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers
11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers
11-04-01port no Virtual extension number
To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9
11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166
Department Group (Hunt Groups)
In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are
required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and
when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of
pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-
05 and 22-11-06
First form department group using commands-
Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension
Hunting mode 16-01-04
0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no
answer between department members
Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01
In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166
Toll restriction class
To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows
TollRestriction
Class
Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL
Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL
Class 4 NO DIALING
Class 5 Only Maharashtra
Class 6 Only Abbreviated
dialing
21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0
Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0
Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0
Class5 Item 08=2
Item 07=1
Rest all 0
Class 6 Item 08=3
Toll
Restriction
Tables
This tables are having entries of
numbers
21-06-
Item 07 ndash Restriction Table
Table 1 Entry 1 - 00
Table 2 Entry 1 - 0
Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing
Programming key 1 )
Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits
dial)
Item06 Entry 1=020
Entry 2=021
Entry 3=022Entry 4=023
Entry 5=024
Entry 6=025
Entry 7=07
To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01
Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD
Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD
Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166
Numbering
For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk
access code operator access code and F-route access
In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType
Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access
code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access
ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35
Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9
Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2
Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1
Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5
Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3
Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers
11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers
11-04-01port no Virtual extension number
To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9
11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166
Department Group (Hunt Groups)
In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are
required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and
when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of
pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-
05 and 22-11-06
First form department group using commands-
Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension
Hunting mode 16-01-04
0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no
answer between department members
Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01
In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166
Toll restriction class
To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows
TollRestriction
Class
Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL
Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL
Class 4 NO DIALING
Class 5 Only Maharashtra
Class 6 Only Abbreviated
dialing
21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0
Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0
Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0
Class5 Item 08=2
Item 07=1
Rest all 0
Class 6 Item 08=3
Toll
Restriction
Tables
This tables are having entries of
numbers
21-06-
Item 07 ndash Restriction Table
Table 1 Entry 1 - 00
Table 2 Entry 1 - 0
Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing
Programming key 1 )
Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits
dial)
Item06 Entry 1=020
Entry 2=021
Entry 3=022Entry 4=023
Entry 5=024
Entry 6=025
Entry 7=07
To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01
Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD
Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD
Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166
Department Group (Hunt Groups)
In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are
required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and
when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of
pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-
05 and 22-11-06
First form department group using commands-
Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension
Hunting mode 16-01-04
0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no
answer between department members
Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01
In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166
Toll restriction class
To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows
TollRestriction
Class
Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL
Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL
Class 4 NO DIALING
Class 5 Only Maharashtra
Class 6 Only Abbreviated
dialing
21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0
Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0
Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0
Class5 Item 08=2
Item 07=1
Rest all 0
Class 6 Item 08=3
Toll
Restriction
Tables
This tables are having entries of
numbers
21-06-
Item 07 ndash Restriction Table
Table 1 Entry 1 - 00
Table 2 Entry 1 - 0
Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing
Programming key 1 )
Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits
dial)
Item06 Entry 1=020
Entry 2=021
Entry 3=022Entry 4=023
Entry 5=024
Entry 6=025
Entry 7=07
To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01
Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD
Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD
Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166
Toll restriction class
To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows
TollRestriction
Class
Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL
Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL
Class 4 NO DIALING
Class 5 Only Maharashtra
Class 6 Only Abbreviated
dialing
21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0
Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0
Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0
Class5 Item 08=2
Item 07=1
Rest all 0
Class 6 Item 08=3
Toll
Restriction
Tables
This tables are having entries of
numbers
21-06-
Item 07 ndash Restriction Table
Table 1 Entry 1 - 00
Table 2 Entry 1 - 0
Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing
Programming key 1 )
Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits
dial)
Item06 Entry 1=020
Entry 2=021
Entry 3=022Entry 4=023
Entry 5=024
Entry 6=025
Entry 7=07
To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01
Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD
Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD
Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166
To form line Group for Outgoing dialing
14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable
trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of
Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing
dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be
as follows
In 14-07-01
MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7
MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5
Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing
Data 3=Access when trunk on hold
Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold
Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access
Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold
The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05
15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group
15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing
Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6
Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166
Ringing type of Trunk lines
There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring
simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01
Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number
Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular
password
Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension
Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166
Normal or Simultaneous ringing
To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes
By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes
For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01
Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes
If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group
Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode
Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode
Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode
22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2
Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1
Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4
22-04-01
IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207
IRG no-3 Memb1=205
IRG no-4 Memb1=202
For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands
First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01
Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular
In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn
1=Hunting continues
Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy
2 -Hunting when no answer
3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer
Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group
Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166
Class of service
To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands
Class Of Service
options
Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override
If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper
20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1
20-13-20= 0
To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1
User feature codes
By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed
Service Code
Set
Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)
11-11-07 = 45
11-12-12 = 42
11-12-02 = 46
11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47
11-12-14 = 6
11-12-42 = 41
11-12-33 = 48
11-12-34 = 49
11-11-01 = 44
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166
Abbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal
often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the
Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing
Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long
When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing
To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)
1 Press a SPK key
2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)
Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming
4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH
5 Press HOLD
6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits
long
7 Press HOLD
8 Press SPK to hang up
To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number
1 At system phone press a SPK key
ORAt single line set lift handset
2 Dial 813
ORPress DC key
OR
Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)
3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166
Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27
To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key
OR
At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814
OR
Press DC keyOR
Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)
3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code
The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call
To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code
and function code 28
To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)
1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it
ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key
ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166
Barge in
Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the
intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user
can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In
modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller
Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech
Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation
Commands for Barge in
20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)
20-13-15 Activate Barge in
20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit
Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension
The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone
1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key
Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)
Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810
ORPress Barge In key
3 Dial busy extension
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166
Conference
Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting
without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any
number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one
extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the
originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference
From System Phone (KTS phone)
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add
ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR
press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties
From Single Line telephone Set
1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone
Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add
OR
Access trunk callOR
Press from Park key
4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference
To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties
System Phone
1 Hang up
If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold
Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside
callers may hear Music on Hold
By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166
Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call
Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are
Call Forwarding Immediate
Call Forwarding when Busy
Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered
Call Forwarding when Unanswered
Call Forwarding with Both Ringing
Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker
Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842
Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel
Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls
2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing
Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker
In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number
15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions
20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)
20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)
20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166
External call forward
20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise
14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups
14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward
having different trunk groups in four priorities
21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different
modes
Remote conference
In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference
Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference
20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166
Dial Block
The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator
Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial
block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered
Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking
Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension
20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166
Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable
12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system
20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode
15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2
Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on
Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable
12-02-01 Prepare time pattern
Night mode service group number 1
Time pattern no 1
Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2
Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1
Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2
Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode
12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01
12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year
Key Programming for KTS instrument
The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press
key no function code + add data
Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5
helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00
Then program keys
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8
Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166
Automatic Route selection (ARS)
Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03
There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities
Programming for Basic ARS
This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone
26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)
Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables
ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS
14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups
14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned
21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes
26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service
26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer
26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166
44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities
Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4
Example
The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5
Required Programming
Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0
Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4
Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2
Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5
F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4
Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166
Account Code
Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or
anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it
Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they
place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an
incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not
block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls
Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account
Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example
the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239
To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial
2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key
3 Dial
To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force
account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key
4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call
Programming for Account code
35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified
35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will
show lsquorsquo )
35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166
Programming for PRI line
Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on
22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3
22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8
To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits
22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)
22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code
22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy
22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2
nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy
1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group
400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number
000 to 999)
20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =
Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If
22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)
22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area
If 1
st
and 2
nd
transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01
22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default
conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)
Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time
22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2
nd and 3
rd transfer destination
22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer
13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing
Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)
22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)
Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise
21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)
21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)
If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is
considered
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166
PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive
4 5 = Transmit
Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th
slot
Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215
If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200
10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1
22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type
22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip
22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip
If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn
200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1
22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not
programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect
Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer
3= Busy or No answer
22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination
22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200
By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using
command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01
And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no
Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command
Programming for changing Ring back tone
80-01-01
Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0
Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32
Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32
Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166
BRI line
BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)
BRIU SW setting
SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off
10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)
10-03-02 Logical port numbers
This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions
Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1
To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)
First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2
nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed
when system is on)
After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166
Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS
To Record Replay Erase VRS messages
1 Lift handset or Press SPK
2 Dial service code (716)
3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase
4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)
Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk
1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1
2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)
Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing
1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong
Code
2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial
(01-48)
Programming for in case of No Answer and busy
1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer
2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group
3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)
For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes
Voicemail
To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is
10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is
120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded
The service code for accessing voicemail is 884
To access voicemail dial service code 884
Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and
Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166
Service codes for using different services are as follows
Service function Servicecode
Optional function within a service Optioncode
Play message 1 Play message 1
Pause Start the playback 4
Erase Msg and play next msg 7
Save Msg and Play next msg 9
Copy the Msg 2
Skip playback forward 8 sec 3
Skip playback backword 8 sec 6
Broadcast the Msg 28
Exit from service
Erase all Msgs 7
Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group
2
Answering Msg No-1
Play 31
Record 32
Erase 37
Answering Msg No-2
Play 35Record 33
Erase 38
Answering Msg No-3
Play 36
Record 34
Erase 39
Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1
Notify to an external no 2
Cancel notification 0
Exit
Set automated Attendant 62
Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63
Play Msg last in first out 64
Password setting 65
Msg Restriction controlsetting
66
Exit
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166
These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as
follows
To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1
In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code
For example
Digit 1=Play Msg
Digit 5=Password setting
Digit 6=Msg Notification
Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1
Digit 0=Erase all Messages
The single digit service code can be either service code or option code
Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip
And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively
To program mailbox and password use command
40-02-01
Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202
To access mailbox from extension
Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code
To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure
Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)
(Exit)
To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62
1 DigitCode
Service Code Option Code
1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)
2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)
3 9(Save and play Next MSG)
4 (Exit to main menu)
5 65(Password Setting)
6 61(MSG Notification)
8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)
9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)
0 7(Erase all MSG)
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166
Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome
to syntel pls dial 1-
Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail
Programming required
22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)
22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)
25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1
Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1
23-03-01=1 for all three trunks
25-04-01=1 for all three trunks
Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx
Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3
and for operator assistance dial 0
25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200
25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)
Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument
15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate
Twice no answer
Thrice When busy
Fourth time no answer or busy
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166
SMDR Programming
10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records
15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled
35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU
35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)
35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0
35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec
35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec
35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number
35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)
35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout
35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European
For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or
Ethernet cross cable is required
Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25
pin connection
9 Pin
(system)
9 Pin
(PC)
25 pin
(PC)
2 3 2
3 2 3
4 6 65 5 7
6 4 20
7 8 5
8 7 4
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166
Conversation Recording
Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is
possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key
Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit
15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0
Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives
priority to extension base setup
Trunk base recording
14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk
Extension base recording
15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension
15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension
Automatic conversation recording
Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk
14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk
Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension
15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension
Parallel Ringing
For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either
it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions
Commands for mobile extension
11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600
15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile
number is saved Example 9320301133
15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)
To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker
Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166
Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial
licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code
20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated
Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions
42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions
=1 Guest
42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)
Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01
20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions
Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service
42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in
11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension
Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker
Procedure for check out from front desk extension
Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker
Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension
11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension
11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension
20-07-01=30 Alarm duration
Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH
=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer
( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)
=2 VRS essage with time stamp
42-01-02=VRS Message number
42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator
42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp
42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number
To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker
To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker
To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up
Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166
Do Not Disturb
11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension
11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension
11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension
42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension
42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension
20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service
of front desk extension
Single Digit Access
You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as
1=Reception2=Room service
3=LaundryEtc
First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02
Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination
number to single digit dialing
Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension
42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk
extension class of service
To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker
Room to Room restriction
The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call
11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction
11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction
42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front
desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker
To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension
Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console
8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY
Room status report
The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU
1) Check out information
2) Wake up call information
3) Room status information
10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200
42-05-01=2 COM port
42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data
42-05-04=1 Check out sheet
11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output
Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion
1=Room status
2=Call restriction for Room to Room
3=DND
4=Message waiting
5=Wake up call
DSS console operation mode setup
30-01-01=1 0=Business mode
30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console